In part 3, it'll be a two-way discussion. The examiner will ask you further questions which are connected to the topic of Part 2. These questions are designed to give you an opportunity to discuss more abstract issues and ideas.
-
library_books Preview Questions
- Why do some people prefer to travel abroad rather than travel in their own country?
- Do you think traveling to another country can change the way that people think?
- Do you think it’s safer to travel today than in the past?
- Let’s move on to tourism. What are some famous tourist spots in your country?
- What are the positive impacts of tourism in your country?
- What are the negative impacts of tourism in your country?
- What can you say about the future of the tourism industry in your country?
Salamat!
Nakumpleto mo na ang bahaging ito.
Padalhan ng score ang iyong speaking response na may audio feedback at detalyadong score report.
assignment
Kumuha ng premium na speaking review
Sample Speaking Review
Buod ng Iskor
Pagsusuri ng AI
Feedback ng AI sa Pagsasalita
cancel 26% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
16% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
29% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
24% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
10% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
10% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
30% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
34% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
22% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
23% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
18% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 49% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
56% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
34% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
87% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
83% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 49% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
53% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/aʊ/
play_circle_filled
/aw/ |
45% accurate
Start with the jaw open and the body of the tongue in a low position in the mouth. The bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then, as the jaw closes, the lips close into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 49% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
52% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
54% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
40% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
80% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
80% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
66% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 45% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
32% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/ɚ/
play_circle_filled
/er/ |
56% accurate
To create the ɚ sound first raise the back of the tongue so that the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
54% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
46% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
37% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
71% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
100% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
90% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
85% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
90% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
cancel 68% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
65% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
60% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
62% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
40% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
79% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
87% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 55% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
49% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
43% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 55% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
63% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
55% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
60% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
69% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
28% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
86% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
88% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
53% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 66% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
54% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
100% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
100% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/ʃ/
play_circle_filled
/sh/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'sh sound' ʃ, air is forced between a wide groove in the center of the front of the tongue and the back of the tooth ridge. The sides of the blade of the tongue may touch the side teeth. The lips are kept slightly tense, and may protrude somewhat during the production of the sound. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
100% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
56% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 47% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
40% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/j/
play_circle_filled
/y/ |
62% accurate
To create the 'j sound' ʤ, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction (similar to the friction of a zh sound ʒ). |
|
/u/
play_circle_filled
/uw/ |
35% accurate
To create the 'oo sound' u, the lips are pulled into a tense, small circle. In addition, the back of the tongue is raised to a high position and sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth at the back of the mouth. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
46% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
52% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 49% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
51% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
59% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
59% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
42% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
36% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
46% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
56% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
44% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
65% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
100% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
100% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
75% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
100% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/aʊ/
play_circle_filled
/aw/ |
100% accurate
Start with the jaw open and the body of the tongue in a low position in the mouth. The bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then, as the jaw closes, the lips close into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
71% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/h/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/aʊ/
play_circle_filled
/aw/ |
80% accurate
Start with the jaw open and the body of the tongue in a low position in the mouth. The bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then, as the jaw closes, the lips close into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
86% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
74% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/tʃ/
play_circle_filled
/ch/ |
100% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/dʒ/
play_circle_filled
/jh/ |
68% accurate
To create the ʤ sound, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/j/
play_circle_filled
/y/ |
94% accurate
To create the 'j sound' ʤ, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction (similar to the friction of a zh sound ʒ). |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
94% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
94% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 65% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
100% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
45% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
57% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
69% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
46% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/h/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/aʊ/
play_circle_filled
/aw/ |
58% accurate
Start with the jaw open and the body of the tongue in a low position in the mouth. The bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then, as the jaw closes, the lips close into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
80% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
80% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 31% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
25% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
36% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
32% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 37% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
20% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
38% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
54% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
31% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
33% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 23% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
24% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
22% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
23% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
80% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/h/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/aʊ/
play_circle_filled
/aw/ |
67% accurate
Start with the jaw open and the body of the tongue in a low position in the mouth. The bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then, as the jaw closes, the lips close into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
80% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/g/
play_circle_filled
/g/ |
99% accurate
To create the g, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a g is less than that for a k. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
52% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
42% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
85% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 49% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/u/
play_circle_filled
/uw/ |
41% accurate
To create the 'oo sound' u, the lips are pulled into a tense, small circle. In addition, the back of the tongue is raised to a high position and sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth at the back of the mouth. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
80% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
78% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 53% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
32% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
43% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
55% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
70% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
80% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
29% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
26% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
Pagbigkas: 62% Katatasan: 96% Gramatika: 45% Pagkakaugnay: 45% Bokabularyo: 60% Kaugnayan: 40%
Strengths
Short noun phrases like "beauty products" are used correctly and are grammatically acceptable.
Weaknesses
Several sentence fragments and missing connectors make the response choppy; for example, the line "Advertisements are now more currently in the world, or like makeup or products for women" lacks a clear main clause and correct tense usage.
The sequence "Also about how to change your lifestyle, how to live a better life, or how to get a new lifestyle" contains parallelism errors and unnecessary repetition that weaken grammatical clarity.
Strengths
The student does point to types of advertising that can influence people—beauty and lifestyle ads—which could be relevant when discussing advertising effects.
Weaknesses
The response does not address the target group named in the question: children. Focusing on "makeup or products for women" shows the student shifted to adult-targeted advertising instead of discussing harm to children.
The opening claim "Advertisements are now more currently in the world" is vague and does not connect clearly to how or why certain ads might be harmful to children.
Strengths
The student attempts to list related ideas (beauty products, lifestyle change), which gives a basic structure to the answer.
Weaknesses
The response is disjointed and mildly repetitive, for example: "how to change your lifestyle, how to live a better life, or how to get a new lifestyle," which reduces overall clarity and flow.
Transitions are missing between ideas, so statements like "Advertisements are now more currently in the world" and the later comments about lifestyle feel unconnected rather than part of a cohesive answer about harm to children.
Strengths
The student uses relevant topical vocabulary such as "makeup," "beauty products," and "lifestyle," which shows awareness of categories of advertising.
Weaknesses
The phrase "more currently in the world" is unclear and does not match natural collocations; this weakens the message and makes it hard to judge the intended meaning.
The wording "makeup or products for women" is repetitive and could be tightened to a single, more precise term instead of the paired phrase.
The expression "get a new lifestyle" is awkward; a native-like alternative would be "adopt a new lifestyle" or "change their lifestyle."
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
80% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
73% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 21% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
22% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
22% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
19% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
61% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
68% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
cancel 49% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
23% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
45% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
47% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
44% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
42% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
42% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
47% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
41% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
47% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
30% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
77% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
97% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
87% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
82% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
78% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
77% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
65% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
95% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
87% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 50% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
68% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
32% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 27% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
16% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
31% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
34% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 53% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
54% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
56% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/tʃ/
play_circle_filled
/ch/ |
50% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction. |
cancel 18% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ʃ/
play_circle_filled
/sh/ |
22% accurate
To create the 'sh sound' ʃ, air is forced between a wide groove in the center of the front of the tongue and the back of the tooth ridge. The sides of the blade of the tongue may touch the side teeth. The lips are kept slightly tense, and may protrude somewhat during the production of the sound. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
17% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
14% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
65% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/u/
play_circle_filled
/uw/ |
92% accurate
To create the 'oo sound' u, the lips are pulled into a tense, small circle. In addition, the back of the tongue is raised to a high position and sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth at the back of the mouth. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
76% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
42% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 70% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
77% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
63% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/tʃ/
play_circle_filled
/ch/ |
71% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/dʒ/
play_circle_filled
/jh/ |
100% accurate
To create the ʤ sound, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/j/
play_circle_filled
/y/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'j sound' ʤ, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction (similar to the friction of a zh sound ʒ). |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
78% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 49% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
100% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
22% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
70% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
58% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
23% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
cancel 44% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/tʃ/
play_circle_filled
/ch/ |
24% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
37% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
44% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/dʒ/
play_circle_filled
/jh/ |
58% accurate
To create the ʤ sound, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/j/
play_circle_filled
/y/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'j sound' ʤ, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction (similar to the friction of a zh sound ʒ). |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
73% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 52% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/h/ |
48% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
49% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
78% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
37% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
56% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
44% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
65% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
52% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/h/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/aʊ/
play_circle_filled
/aw/ |
80% accurate
Start with the jaw open and the body of the tongue in a low position in the mouth. The bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then, as the jaw closes, the lips close into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
91% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
73% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/g/
play_circle_filled
/g/ |
100% accurate
To create the g, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a g is less than that for a k. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
76% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
62% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/h/ |
75% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
65% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
75% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
58% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
32% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 62% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/g/
play_circle_filled
/g/ |
60% accurate
To create the g, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a g is less than that for a k. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
87% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
58% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
|
/θ/
play_circle_filled
/th/ |
42% accurate
To create the ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
72% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
63% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
66% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/θ/
play_circle_filled
/th/ |
100% accurate
To create the ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
61% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/ŋ/
play_circle_filled
/ng/ |
55% accurate
To create the 'ng sound' ŋ, air is prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
80% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
95% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 79% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
100% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
68% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
64% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
79% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
69% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
65% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
79% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
70% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
54% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 36% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
19% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
100% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
41% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
93% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
81% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
67% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
100% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/aʊ/
play_circle_filled
/aw/ |
74% accurate
Start with the jaw open and the body of the tongue in a low position in the mouth. The bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then, as the jaw closes, the lips close into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
73% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 68% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
41% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
44% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
100% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
64% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
71% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
63% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
63% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
100% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
74% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
94% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
94% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/g/
play_circle_filled
/g/ |
94% accurate
To create the g, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a g is less than that for a k. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
94% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
94% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/j/
play_circle_filled
/y/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'j sound' ʤ, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction (similar to the friction of a zh sound ʒ). |
|
/ʊ/
play_circle_filled
/uh/ |
76% accurate
To create the 'other u' ʊ sound, the back of the tongue is raised to a mid-high position. The sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth toward the back of the mouth. The jaw is slightly closed and the lips are pulled into a loose circle. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 57% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
57% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
65% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
48% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
91% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 11% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
15% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
19% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
11% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
11% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
11% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
3% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
7% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 79% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
78% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
75% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
57% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
73% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/h/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
66% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
cancel 60% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
50% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
68% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/j/
play_circle_filled
/y/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'j sound' ʤ, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction (similar to the friction of a zh sound ʒ). |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
77% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 45% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
54% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
56% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
25% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
Pagbigkas: 74% Katatasan: 85% Gramatika: 60% Pagkakaugnay: 75% Bokabularyo: 70% Kaugnayan: 90%
Strengths
Most sentences are short and the meaning is understandable; the student maintains a consistent present-tense viewpoint and uses basic connectors (e.g., "So") to link ideas.
Weaknesses
There are subject–verb agreement and relative pronoun issues; for example, "The type of advertisement that I like the most are those which shows" should be corrected to "The type of advertisement that I like the most is the one that shows" or "The types... are the ones that show."
Article and pluralization errors make phrases sound non-native; the sentence "So that's what I really like about advertisement" would be more grammatical as "So that's what I really like about advertisements."
Some phrasing is ungrammatical and disrupts flow, as in "how to get a wholesome growth something in your life," which mixes noun forms and should be rephrased to "how to achieve wholesome growth in your life."
Strengths
The response directly addresses the prompt by stating a clear preference for a type of advertisement and explains why the student likes it, focusing on lifestyle change and problem-solving.
The student gives a reason that is relevant to the topic: ads that propose practical solutions or ways to improve life are preferred.
Weaknesses
The answer is somewhat general and would benefit from a concrete example or two; for instance, expanding on what is meant by "new ways to change your lifestyle" or naming an ad that "gave you a solution for a problem that you have been looking for in your life" would strengthen relevance and interest.
Strengths
The response follows a logical pattern: statement of preference followed by an explanation, so the listener can easily follow the main idea.
Sentences are short and connected, which helps maintain clarity for the brief response.
Weaknesses
Repetition and awkward phrasing weaken smoothness; for example, repeating "change" in "change your lifestyle, change your habits" adds little and interrupts rhythm.
The phrase "how to get a wholesome growth something in your life" is confusing and breaks coherence, so rephrasing to "how to achieve wholesome growth in your life" would improve clarity.
Strengths
The response uses purposeful vocabulary related to personal development and advertising, such as "change your lifestyle," "habits," "wholesome growth," and "solution," which communicates the general idea clearly.
The student selects words that express attitude and preference (e.g., "I like," "really like"), helping the listener understand the speaker's position.
Weaknesses
Some word choices and collocations are awkward and reduce precision; for example, the phrase "are those which shows new ways" is imprecise and would be clearer as "are the ones that show new ways."
The expression "how to get a wholesome growth something in your life" mixes ideas and word forms and would be clearer with a simpler collocation such as "how to achieve wholesome personal growth."
Number and article use are inconsistent — "advertisement" is used where "advertisements" or "an advertisement" would fit better, which affects naturalness.
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
85% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
cancel 70% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
100% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
100% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
58% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 61% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
61% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
cancel 40% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
33% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
46% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
44% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
37% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 21% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/θ/
play_circle_filled
/th/ |
22% accurate
To create the ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
25% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/ŋ/
play_circle_filled
/ng/ |
19% accurate
To create the 'ng sound' ŋ, air is prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
18% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
74% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
75% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
68% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 48% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
32% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
31% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
54% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
100% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
48% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
49% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
41% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
25% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 79% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
82% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
69% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
63% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 69% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
40% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
64% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
100% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/u/
play_circle_filled
/uw/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'oo sound' u, the lips are pulled into a tense, small circle. In addition, the back of the tongue is raised to a high position and sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth at the back of the mouth. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
65% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
60% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 50% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
55% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
45% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
91% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
91% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
74% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
86% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
98% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
64% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
18% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
64% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
86% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
34% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
Pagbigkas: 67% Katatasan: 21% Gramatika: 75% Pagkakaugnay: 80% Bokabularyo: 70% Kaugnayan: 90%
Strengths
The sentence is grammatically simple and mostly correct: the use of the present modal "can influence" is appropriate and the overall structure is easy to follow.
Weaknesses
A minor grammatical issue affects naturalness in the phrase "I really think that advertisement can influence us to buy." The singular noun "advertisement" is less idiomatic here than the plural "advertisements" or the uncountable "advertising," and the verb "buy" is left without a clear object, which weakens the sentence.
Strengths
The response directly addresses the prompt by stating a clear opinion about advertising's effect on consumer behavior.
Weaknesses
The answer is so brief that it lacks supporting details or examples; the line "I really think that advertisement can influence us to buy." states the position but does not develop it with reasons or evidence, which would strengthen relevance to the task.
Strengths
The idea is presented in a single, coherent sentence and is easy to understand at once.
Weaknesses
The response is abrupt and would benefit from expansion and linking phrases; the sentence "I really think that advertisement can influence us to buy." gives the main idea but no transitions, explanations, or examples to create a fuller, more coherent short speech.
Strengths
The student selects simple, appropriate words like "advertisement," "influence," and "buy," which are clear and immediately understandable.
Weaknesses
The range of vocabulary is limited and could be expanded to sound more natural; for example, in the sentence "I really think that advertisement can influence us to buy." using "advertisements" or "advertising" and adding a noun after "buy" (such as "products" or "items") would make the meaning clearer and more precise.
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
77% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
83% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
cancel 41% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ʃ/
play_circle_filled
/sh/ |
56% accurate
To create the 'sh sound' ʃ, air is forced between a wide groove in the center of the front of the tongue and the back of the tooth ridge. The sides of the blade of the tongue may touch the side teeth. The lips are kept slightly tense, and may protrude somewhat during the production of the sound. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. |
|
/ʊ/
play_circle_filled
/uh/ |
39% accurate
To create the 'other u' ʊ sound, the back of the tongue is raised to a mid-high position. The sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth toward the back of the mouth. The jaw is slightly closed and the lips are pulled into a loose circle. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
28% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 67% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
65% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
73% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
63% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
76% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
70% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
67% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
71% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
100% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/aʊ/
play_circle_filled
/aw/ |
68% accurate
Start with the jaw open and the body of the tongue in a low position in the mouth. The bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then, as the jaw closes, the lips close into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
50% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
80% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
77% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
76% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
100% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
100% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
81% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
97% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
97% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
78% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
88% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
82% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
70% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
80% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
80% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 55% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
48% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
47% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
68% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
57% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/u/
play_circle_filled
/uw/ |
39% accurate
To create the 'oo sound' u, the lips are pulled into a tense, small circle. In addition, the back of the tongue is raised to a high position and sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth at the back of the mouth. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
48% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
58% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
74% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 48% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
74% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
35% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
35% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
cancel 79% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
76% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
82% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
78% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 49% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
43% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
18% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
27% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
30% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
43% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
45% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
58% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
59% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
45% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
59% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
cancel 68% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ʃ/
play_circle_filled
/sh/ |
90% accurate
To create the 'sh sound' ʃ, air is forced between a wide groove in the center of the front of the tongue and the back of the tooth ridge. The sides of the blade of the tongue may touch the side teeth. The lips are kept slightly tense, and may protrude somewhat during the production of the sound. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. |
|
/ʊ/
play_circle_filled
/uh/ |
40% accurate
To create the 'other u' ʊ sound, the back of the tongue is raised to a mid-high position. The sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth toward the back of the mouth. The jaw is slightly closed and the lips are pulled into a loose circle. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
71% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
100% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
78% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
cancel 58% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
10% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
34% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/aʊ/
play_circle_filled
/aw/ |
78% accurate
Start with the jaw open and the body of the tongue in a low position in the mouth. The bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then, as the jaw closes, the lips close into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
82% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
80% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
79% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
73% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
86% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
85% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
53% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
48% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
32% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
50% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
100% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
78% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
58% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 50% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
52% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
48% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
82% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
68% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
82% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
74% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 38% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
57% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
37% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
43% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
54% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
42% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
11% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
25% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
35% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 79% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
62% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
70% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
100% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
100% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
100% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
100% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
76% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 79% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
80% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
100% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
64% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
71% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
100% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
68% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
47% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
80% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
98% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
93% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
68% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
80% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
96% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
90% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
61% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
57% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
cancel 79% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
83% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
89% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
64% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
80% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
84% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
82% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
64% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
66% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
100% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
100% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
85% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
100% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
61% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/g/
play_circle_filled
/g/ |
74% accurate
To create the g, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a g is less than that for a k. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
86% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
88% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
cancel 58% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
61% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
55% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
72% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
69% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
100% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
59% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/u/
play_circle_filled
/uw/ |
78% accurate
To create the 'oo sound' u, the lips are pulled into a tense, small circle. In addition, the back of the tongue is raised to a high position and sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth at the back of the mouth. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
68% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
cancel 55% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
56% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
48% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
51% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/θ/
play_circle_filled
/th/ |
74% accurate
To create the ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
57% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/ŋ/
play_circle_filled
/ng/ |
44% accurate
To create the 'ng sound' ŋ, air is prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
Pagbigkas: 80% Katatasan: 96% Gramatika: 55% Pagkakaugnay: 65% Bokabularyo: 70% Kaugnayan: 85%
Strengths
The response consistently uses a modal frame "They should...", which gives grammatical consistency and makes the speaker's intentions clear.
Sentence fragments are mostly minimal, so the listener can still grasp the intended meaning despite errors.
Weaknesses
There are several grammatical constructions that are non-standard; for example, "They should keep in mind about the public" misuses the preposition and would be better as "keep the public in mind" or "think about the public."
Verb patterns and word order are sometimes incorrect, which affects readability. The clause "what are they capable to give us" shows an unidiomatic question structure used inside a statement and a wrong verb pattern; a correct form would be "what they are capable of giving us" or "what they can offer."
Strengths
The content stays focused on the expected topic—what advertisers should consider—by addressing audience, needs/problems, and offerings, which are central to advertising strategy.
Each point relates to practical considerations (targeting, problem-solving, value), so the response is usefully on-topic.
Weaknesses
The answer is sometimes vague rather than specific, which weakens practical relevance; for instance, saying "improve something" does not identify what should be improved or how, leaving the recommendation too general.
Strengths
The ideas are presented in a logical sequence: consider the public, then the kind of public, then the needs/problems, and finally what can be offered—this ordering helps the listener follow the thought process.
Simple connectors like "or" attempt to link alternatives, which keeps related ideas grouped together.
Weaknesses
Repetition and run-on listing reduce clarity and flow; for example, the long phrase "or what necessity or problem they want to solve, or what are they capable to give us or improve something" is cumbersome and would read more coherently if the speaker separated these into distinct, shorter sentences and used clearer transitions.
Strengths
The student uses clear, everyday vocabulary that makes the message accessible, choosing words like "influence", "solve", and "improve" that are appropriate to the topic of advertising.
Short, direct phrases keep the response easy to follow and show an awareness of relevant concepts (audience, problem, solution, capability).
Weaknesses
The range of vocabulary is limited and sometimes imprecise; for example, the phrase "take care of the type of public they want to be focused on" could be more naturally expressed as "identify the target audience" to show more precise word choice.
Some word choices are awkward and reduce clarity, as in "what are they capable to give us," which sounds non-native and would be clearer as "what they can offer" or "what benefits they provide."
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
80% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
cancel 21% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/θ/
play_circle_filled
/th/ |
89% accurate
To create the ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
87% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/ŋ/
play_circle_filled
/ng/ |
92% accurate
To create the 'ng sound' ŋ, air is prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
0% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
81% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
79% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
80% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
57% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
90% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
78% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
69% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
cancel 21% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
32% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
24% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
15% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/ŋ/
play_circle_filled
/ng/ |
13% accurate
To create the 'ng sound' ŋ, air is prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
43% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
100% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
98% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
78% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
79% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
81% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
69% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
57% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 70% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
81% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
73% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
75% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
60% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
61% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
63% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
94% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
100% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
100% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
78% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
68% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
53% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
100% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
100% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
19% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
cancel 79% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
95% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
63% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 69% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
52% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
65% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
55% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 79% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
68% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
64% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
64% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
65% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
74% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
72% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
100% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
68% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
84% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
62% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 33% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
28% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
29% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
25% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
60% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
|
/ʃ/
play_circle_filled
/sh/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'sh sound' ʃ, air is forced between a wide groove in the center of the front of the tongue and the back of the tooth ridge. The sides of the blade of the tongue may touch the side teeth. The lips are kept slightly tense, and may protrude somewhat during the production of the sound. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
62% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
97% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
80% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
67% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
65% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
65% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
78% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
72% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
32% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
44% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
49% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
78% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
86% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
43% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
74% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
100% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
66% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
80% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
75% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
90% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
67% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
77% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
100% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
69% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
77% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
51% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
45% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
52% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
45% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
76% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
80% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 68% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
60% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
64% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/tʃ/
play_circle_filled
/ch/ |
100% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/ŋ/
play_circle_filled
/ng/ |
46% accurate
To create the 'ng sound' ŋ, air is prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
53% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
72% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
56% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
51% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
58% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
cancel 29% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
8% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
15% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
44% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
44% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
47% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
42% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
37% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
27% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
7% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/ŋ/
play_circle_filled
/ng/ |
17% accurate
To create the 'ng sound' ŋ, air is prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
78% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/u/
play_circle_filled
/uw/ |
78% accurate
To create the 'oo sound' u, the lips are pulled into a tense, small circle. In addition, the back of the tongue is raised to a high position and sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth at the back of the mouth. |
cancel 59% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
65% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
66% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
100% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
31% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
42% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
54% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
36% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
52% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/u/
play_circle_filled
/uw/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'oo sound' u, the lips are pulled into a tense, small circle. In addition, the back of the tongue is raised to a high position and sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth at the back of the mouth. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/θ/
play_circle_filled
/th/ |
63% accurate
To create the ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
81% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/ŋ/
play_circle_filled
/ng/ |
81% accurate
To create the 'ng sound' ŋ, air is prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
68% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
61% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
67% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
63% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 49% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
39% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
44% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
46% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
61% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/ɚ/
play_circle_filled
/er/ |
62% accurate
To create the ɚ sound first raise the back of the tongue so that the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
81% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 69% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
48% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
67% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 32% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ʃ/
play_circle_filled
/sh/ |
51% accurate
To create the 'sh sound' ʃ, air is forced between a wide groove in the center of the front of the tongue and the back of the tooth ridge. The sides of the blade of the tongue may touch the side teeth. The lips are kept slightly tense, and may protrude somewhat during the production of the sound. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. |
|
/ʊ/
play_circle_filled
/uh/ |
41% accurate
To create the 'other u' ʊ sound, the back of the tongue is raised to a mid-high position. The sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth toward the back of the mouth. The jaw is slightly closed and the lips are pulled into a loose circle. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
3% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
Pagbigkas: 78% Katatasan: 95% Gramatika: 50% Pagkakaugnay: 65% Bokabularyo: 60% Kaugnayan: 80%
Strengths
The student constructs a complete sentence and maintains a present-tense viewpoint, which keeps the message anchored in time.
The use of the contraction "it's" shows comfort with spoken forms.
Weaknesses
Several grammatical problems affect clarity, such as the incorrect continuous form in "is still being important," which should be "is still important."
Preposition use is faulty in the phrase "connected to every social media," where "connected on social media" or "to social media platforms" would be correct.
An extra preposition appears in "it's easier to access to this kind of content," where the correct structure is "easier to access this content."
Some infinitive constructions are awkward, for example "to be watching this kind of advertising," which interrupts the sentence flow and would be smoother as "to see this kind of advertising."
Strengths
The response stays on topic by arguing that advertising remains important and links this to social media usage and access to content.
Referencing "new products" and how people see advertising shows an understanding of core aspects of the prompt.
Weaknesses
The answer is brief and doesn't develop supporting points or examples, so the argument feels incomplete despite being on topic.
Some phrasing weakens the relevance, for instance "new things that were once for sure," which makes the intended point ambiguous and reduces the strength of the argument.
Strengths
The main idea is clear: social media increases access to advertising, which helps explain why advertising remains important.
There is a logical connection between being "very, very connected" and the ease of seeing advertisements.
Weaknesses
The response is delivered as a single, run-on sentence, which harms readability and flow; for example, "it's easier to access to this kind of content and to be watching this kind of advertising of new products" packs several ideas together without clear breaks.
Repetition and vague phrasing like "new things that were once for sure" interrupt the listener's ability to follow the final point.
Strengths
The student uses key topic-specific nouns like "advertising," "social media," "content," and "new products," which clearly signal awareness of relevant vocabulary.
The repetition of "very, very" shows the ability to use intensifiers for emphasis.
Weaknesses
The range of vocabulary is limited and some collocations are awkward, as in "is still being important," which reduces naturalness.
Word choice is sometimes unclear or imprecise, for example the phrase "every social media" sounds unnatural in this context and would be better as "social media" or "every social media platform."
There are extra or misplaced words that disrupt fluency, as seen in "it's easier to access to this kind of content."
The closing phrase "new things that were once for sure" is vague and makes the intended meaning hard to determine.
cancel 43% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
39% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
54% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
36% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 79% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
82% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
76% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
57% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 11% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
12% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
9% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
5% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
3% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/u/
play_circle_filled
/uw/ |
14% accurate
To create the 'oo sound' u, the lips are pulled into a tense, small circle. In addition, the back of the tongue is raised to a high position and sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth at the back of the mouth. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
10% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
15% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
21% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
76% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
84% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 44% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/tʃ/
play_circle_filled
/ch/ |
100% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
55% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
48% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
18% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
37% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
26% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
68% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
70% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/ʊ/
play_circle_filled
/uh/ |
66% accurate
To create the 'other u' ʊ sound, the back of the tongue is raised to a mid-high position. The sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth toward the back of the mouth. The jaw is slightly closed and the lips are pulled into a loose circle. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
55% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 69% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
77% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
58% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 63% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
23% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
35% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
68% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
84% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
100% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
100% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
71% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
53% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
78% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
73% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
73% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
92% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
90% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
99% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
74% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
95% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
75% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
72% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
56% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
70% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
100% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
100% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
71% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 70% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/g/
play_circle_filled
/g/ |
56% accurate
To create the g, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a g is less than that for a k. |
|
/ʊ/
play_circle_filled
/uh/ |
79% accurate
To create the 'other u' ʊ sound, the back of the tongue is raised to a mid-high position. The sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth toward the back of the mouth. The jaw is slightly closed and the lips are pulled into a loose circle. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
75% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
60% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
61% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
87% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
40% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
94% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
91% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 67% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
65% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
63% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
69% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
78% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 66% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
63% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/ʊ/
play_circle_filled
/uh/ |
34% accurate
To create the 'other u' ʊ sound, the back of the tongue is raised to a mid-high position. The sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth toward the back of the mouth. The jaw is slightly closed and the lips are pulled into a loose circle. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
46% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
80% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
56% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
85% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
76% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/h/ |
54% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/u/
play_circle_filled
/uw/ |
37% accurate
To create the 'oo sound' u, the lips are pulled into a tense, small circle. In addition, the back of the tongue is raised to a high position and sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth at the back of the mouth. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/h/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/u/
play_circle_filled
/uw/ |
93% accurate
To create the 'oo sound' u, the lips are pulled into a tense, small circle. In addition, the back of the tongue is raised to a high position and sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth at the back of the mouth. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
85% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
97% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
65% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
65% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
70% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
100% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/θ/
play_circle_filled
/th/ |
100% accurate
To create the ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/ŋ/
play_circle_filled
/ng/ |
72% accurate
To create the 'ng sound' ŋ, air is prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
100% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
93% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
83% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
83% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
69% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
cancel 79% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
66% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/tʃ/
play_circle_filled
/ch/ |
100% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
78% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
100% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
76% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 79% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
67% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
85% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
89% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
87% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
67% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
69% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
83% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
75% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/ʊ/
play_circle_filled
/uh/ |
79% accurate
To create the 'other u' ʊ sound, the back of the tongue is raised to a mid-high position. The sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth toward the back of the mouth. The jaw is slightly closed and the lips are pulled into a loose circle. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
74% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
82% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
95% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/g/
play_circle_filled
/g/ |
98% accurate
To create the g, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a g is less than that for a k. |
|
/u/
play_circle_filled
/uw/ |
93% accurate
To create the 'oo sound' u, the lips are pulled into a tense, small circle. In addition, the back of the tongue is raised to a high position and sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth at the back of the mouth. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
74% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 59% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
67% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
32% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 69% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
65% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
74% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
37% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
74% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
73% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
100% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
63% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
100% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
53% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/g/
play_circle_filled
/g/ |
68% accurate
To create the g, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a g is less than that for a k. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
100% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
59% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
75% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
89% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
100% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
100% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
100% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
78% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 69% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
78% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
60% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
80% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
80% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 88% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
85% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
100% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
100% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
61% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 69% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
80% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
40% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
39% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
80% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
80% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
88% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
94% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
100% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
34% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
86% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
95% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɑ/
play_circle_filled
/aa/ |
94% accurate
To pronounce the 'aa sound' ɑ the vocal tract is very open for the production of the 'aa sound' ɑ. In fact, the jaw is held more open and the back of the tongue is held lower for this sound than any other American English vowel sound pronunciation. The tongue touches the inside of the bottom teeth so that the top of the tongue is nearly even with the top of the bottom teeth. The lips are held open and kept rounded, but relaxed. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
94% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
100% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/w/
play_circle_filled
/w/ |
84% accurate
To create the 'w sound' w the jaw is mostly closed and the lips form a small, tight circle. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords must vibrate during the production of the sound. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
44% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
74% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 82% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
100% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/ʊ/
play_circle_filled
/uh/ |
69% accurate
To create the 'other u' ʊ sound, the back of the tongue is raised to a mid-high position. The sides of the tongue may touch the top teeth toward the back of the mouth. The jaw is slightly closed and the lips are pulled into a loose circle. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
69% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
64% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/ŋ/
play_circle_filled
/ng/ |
71% accurate
To create the 'ng sound' ŋ, air is prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 51% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
55% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
58% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
40% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 69% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
57% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
65% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
56% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
cancel 68% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
50% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
79% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
91% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
56% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
56% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
80% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
100% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/θ/
play_circle_filled
/th/ |
100% accurate
To create the ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/ŋ/
play_circle_filled
/ng/ |
63% accurate
To create the 'ng sound' ŋ, air is prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 49% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
41% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 17% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
75% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
55% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
53% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
62% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
10% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
20% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
35% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/b/
play_circle_filled
/b/ |
63% accurate
To create the b, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
71% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
79% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ah/ |
74% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
77% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
91% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/eɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ey/ |
91% accurate
To pronounce the eɪ sound, begin with the tongue pushed somewhat forward but in a neutral position in the mouth. Then, as the jaw closes slightly, move the body of the tongue upward until it is near the tooth ridge--similar to the position of a 'y sound' y. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top teeth at the end of the sound. |
cancel 65% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
100% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
100% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
54% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
75% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
95% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
85% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
100% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ʃ/
play_circle_filled
/sh/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'sh sound' ʃ, air is forced between a wide groove in the center of the front of the tongue and the back of the tooth ridge. The sides of the blade of the tongue may touch the side teeth. The lips are kept slightly tense, and may protrude somewhat during the production of the sound. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
62% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
65% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 68% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
85% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
51% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
62% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
|
/l/
play_circle_filled
/l/ |
100% accurate
To create the l, the tip of the tongue is placed against the middle of the tooth ridge. The sound is created when air travels alongside the tip of the tongue, between the front of the tongue and the side teeth. |
|
/i/
play_circle_filled
/iy/ |
65% accurate
To pronounce the i sound the tongue is forward, with the body of the tongue near the tooth ridge. The tongue is higher in the mouth for this sound compared to all other vowels in English. Because the tongue is so high, the jaw is relatively closed during the i sound. The sides of the tongue touch the top, side teeth during the sound. |
cancel 79% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/f/
play_circle_filled
/f/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'f sound' f, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is to be a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the production of the f. A common error English language learners make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking other sounds to and from the f. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
100% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
71% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
60% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
cancel 49% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ɔ/
play_circle_filled
/ao/ |
52% accurate
To create the 'aw sound' ɔ the entire tongue is pushed back and kept low during the pronunciation of the 'aw sound' ɔ. The bottom side teeth can be felt alongside the front of the tongue during the sound. The back of the tongue has only a slight rounding upward at the very rear of the mouth. The lips are made into an oval shape, and may stick slightly outward. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
46% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
cancel 48% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
45% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
43% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
56% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 49% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
41% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
34% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
41% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
49% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
40% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
32% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
30% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
32% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
43% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
52% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
50% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
47% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
41% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
78% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
cancel 94% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
94% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
94% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 67% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
100% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
60% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
100% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
100% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
100% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
62% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
46% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
Pagbigkas: 76% Katatasan: 92% Gramatika: 40% Pagkakaugnay: 60% Bokabularyo: 65% Kaugnayan: 85%
Strengths
The student attempts complex sentences and uses connectors like "so that's why" to link ideas, which shows awareness of cause-and-effect structure.
Weaknesses
Grammar errors interrupt clarity: word order and article use are off in phrases like "that makes easier the attention of a kid", which should be "that makes it easier to capture a child's attention".
There are issues with agreement and phrasing such as "many kids who want everything that they watch on TV" and the awkward clause "that's great and necessary to obtain them", which would be clearer as "many kids want the products they see on TV and feel they need them".
Strengths
The response stays on topic and addresses why advertisements influence children, offering plausible reasons such as bright visuals and creativity.
Weaknesses
The argument is relevant but underdeveloped and sometimes vague; for instance the sentence "many kids who want everything that they watch on TV because they look so good for them" states a connection but does not explain how or provide examples to support it.
Strengths
The student presents a clear central idea about advertising capturing children's attention and follows it with consequences, showing a basic logical flow.
Weaknesses
Repetition and unclear phrasing reduce coherence: the lines "that's great and necessary to obtain them" and "many kids are always looking for something better or something more creative" repeat similar ideas without clear progression, making the overall point feel circular rather than developed.
Transition between points could be smoother; restructuring into distinct points such as attention-grabbing elements, emotional appeal, and resulting behavior would help the listener follow the argument.
Strengths
The student uses everyday words that make the idea accessible, such as "colorful", "attention", and "creative", which suit the topic of advertising aimed at children.
Weaknesses
The vocabulary is limited and sometimes imprecise, which weakens the message; for example the phrase "they could be funnier or so colorful" uses casual terms rather than stronger descriptive words like "vivid" or "humorous" to convey persuasive techniques.
Some word choices create confusion about intent, as in "necessary to obtain them" where "obtain" is not the appropriate collocation for children wanting items; a clearer verb like "get" or a phrase such as "to acquire those products" would improve accuracy.
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/j/
play_circle_filled
/y/ |
74% accurate
To create the 'j sound' ʤ, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction (similar to the friction of a zh sound ʒ). |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
91% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
83% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
91% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
cancel 69% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/θ/
play_circle_filled
/th/ |
77% accurate
To create the ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ih/ |
71% accurate
To pronounce the ɪ sound the lips are relaxed and the central/front area of the tongue is in the central/high area of the mouth for this sound. The overall neutrality and relaxed tongue and lip position is why it is one of the pronunciations used in an unstressed vowel position. |
|
/ŋ/
play_circle_filled
/ng/ |
71% accurate
To create the 'ng sound' ŋ, air is prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/k/
play_circle_filled
/k/ |
57% accurate
To create the k, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the back of the tongue lifts and presses against the soft palate at the back of the mouth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The amount of aspiration used to produce a k is greater than that used for a g. |
cancel 85% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
82% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
68% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 76% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
68% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
82% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
41% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
80% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
80% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
cancel 64% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
29% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
58% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/p/
play_circle_filled
/p/ |
38% accurate
To create the p, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract by closing the lips. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
26% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 80% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
40% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
42% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
cancel 12% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/æ/
play_circle_filled
/ae/ |
30% accurate
To pronounce the ae sound the front of the tongue is pushed further forward and is held lower in the mouth when forming the 'short a' /æ/ sound than with any other vowel sound. The tip of the tongue will touch the inside of the bottom front teeth. The body of the tongue is rounded slightly upward. The jaw is lowered and the lips are held apart, allowing the entire oral cavity to remain open. |
|
/d/
play_circle_filled
/d/ |
42% accurate
To create this sound air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
70% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
67% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
68% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
56% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/aɪ/
play_circle_filled
/ay/ |
52% accurate
To pronounce the aɪ at the beginning of the sound, the tongue is low and touches the bottom, side teeth. Then as the jaw closes slightly, the body of the tongue moves upward until it is near the tooth ridge, similar to the position of a 'y sound'. The front sides of the tongue touch the inside of the top, side teeth. |
|
/z/
play_circle_filled
/z/ |
61% accurate
To create the 'z sound' z, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/m/
play_circle_filled
/m/ |
98% accurate
To create the 'm sound' m, the lips are pressed together, causing the air to be blocked from leaving the mouth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
64% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/n/
play_circle_filled
/n/ |
42% accurate
To create the 'n sound' n, the air is blocked from leaving the mouth by pressing the tip against the tooth ridge and the sides of the front of the tongue against the side teeth. The soft palate drops, allowing air to pass out through the nose. The sound is voiced, so the vocal cords vibrate while producing it. |
|
/t/
play_circle_filled
/t/ |
56% accurate
To create the t, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released. The aspiration for a t is greater than the aspiration for a /d/, especially when it is the first sound of a word or the first sound of a stressed syllable. |
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
0% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
cancel 20% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/s/
play_circle_filled
/s/ |
19% accurate
To create the 's sound' s, the front of the tongue is placed close to the tooth ridge. The tip of the tongue should be close to the upper backside of the top front teeth. The tongue is kept tense as air is pushed between a small groove along the center of the tip of the tongue and the front of the tooth ridge. The front sides of the tongue touch the side teeth toward the front of the mouth. The lips are held slightly tense during the sound. |
|
/oʊ/
play_circle_filled
/ow/ |
21% accurate
To pronounce the 'ow sound' oʊ the body of the tongue is pushed back and in a low-to-mid mouth position and the bottom teeth can be felt along the sides of the tongue. Then the sound moves into a 'w sound' w by raising the jaw slightly while closing the lips into a small circle. The body of the tongue moves upward until the tongue is near the back of the hard palate. |
cancel 91% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/j/
play_circle_filled
/y/ |
79% accurate
To create the 'j sound' ʤ, air is briefly prevented from leaving the vocal tract when the tip of the tongue presses against the back tooth ridge while the sides of the tongue press against the upper side teeth. The sound is aspirated when the air is released with friction (similar to the friction of a zh sound ʒ). |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
75% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
44% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
cancel 61% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ə/
play_circle_filled
/ax/ |
51% accurate
To create the 'ah sound' ə the body of the tongue is relaxed and set low in the mouth. The sides of the tongue lightly touch the bottom teeth during the formation of the sound. The jaw is kept in a neutral position, and the lips are relaxed. It is very similar to the 'other ah sound' ʌ. |
|
/v/
play_circle_filled
/v/ |
100% accurate
To create the 'v sound' v, the jaw is held nearly closed. The upper backside of the bottom lip is pressed very lightly into the bottom of the top teeth. Air is pushed out the mouth between the top teeth and the upper backside of the bottom lip. This sound is a continuous consonant, meaning that it should be capable of being produced for a few seconds with even and smooth pronunciation for the entire duration. The lips are kept mostly relaxed during the v. A common error ESL/ELL students make is overproducing this sound by curling the bottom lip under the top teeth. This creates problems when linking to and from the v. |
cancel 73% Tumpak
| Tunog | Sinabi mo |
|---|---|
|
/ð/
play_circle_filled
/dh/ |
86% accurate
To create ð sound the tip of the tongue is placed behind the top front teeth. The friction occurs between the tip of the tongue and the top front teeth. Subtle friction may also occur between the top of the front of the tongue and the tooth ridge. |
|
/ɛ/
play_circle_filled
/eh/ |
43% accurate
To pronounce the ɛ sound the middle of the tongue rounds slightly upward and the sides of the tongue may lightly touch the top and bottom side teeth. The lips and jaw are loose and relaxed. |
|
/r/
play_circle_filled
/r/ |
28% accurate
To create the r sound the back of the tongue is raised so the sides of the tongue touch the back teeth. The center of the back of the tongue is lower and the air travels through this groove to create the sound. The tip of the tongue may point upward, or may be left low. |
Pagbigkas: 66% Katatasan: 37% Gramatika: 70% Pagkakaugnay: 65% Bokabularyo: 60% Kaugnayan: 75%
Strengths
The sentence is grammatically simple and understandable, and the casual "Yeah" suits an informal spoken register.
Weaknesses
The reply contains a comma splice that weakens grammatical accuracy; "Yeah, I think so, there are many types of advertisements." would be clearer as two sentences or joined properly (for example, "Yes, I think so. There are many types of advertisements.").
Strengths
The response is on-topic and directly references advertisements, showing the student understood the prompt's subject.
Weaknesses
The answer is very brief and lacks development; the line "Yeah, I think so, there are many types of advertisements." does not include reasons, examples, or a clear stance, which reduces relevance depth.
Strengths
The idea is presented in a straightforward order: agreement followed by a supporting statement, which makes the utterance easy to follow.
Weaknesses
The response feels abrupt and underdeveloped; the phrase "Yeah, I think so, there are many types of advertisements." would be more coherent if expanded with connectors or examples to link ideas smoothly.
Strengths
The student chooses accurate, everyday vocabulary appropriate to the topic; using the noun "advertisements" communicates the subject clearly.
The word "types" efficiently indicates awareness of categories within the topic.
Weaknesses
The lexical range is very limited and remains at a general level; the response "Yeah, I think so, there are many types of advertisements." could be improved by naming specific kinds (for example, "online, print, broadcast") to show wider vocabulary.
Is willing to speak at length, though may lose coherence at times due to occasional repetition, self-correction or hesitation. Uses a range of connectives and discourse markers but not always appropriately. Has a wide enough vocabulary to discuss topics at length and make meaning clear in spite of inappropriacies. Generally paraphrases successfully. Uses a mix of simple and complex structures, but with limited flexibility. May make frequent mistakes with complex structures, though these rarely cause comprehension problems. Uses a range of pronunciation features with mixed control. Shows some effective use of features but this is not sustained. Can generally be understood throughout, though mispronunciation of individual words or sounds reduces clarity at times.
overall: 78
Demonstrates generally good fluency and coherence while speaking but may take occasional pauses. Is proficient in using sophisticated vocabulary and idiomatic structures. Proficient in expressing complex thoughts using a range of grammar structures. Has reasonably good pronunciation with some accent.
pronunciation: 72
Uses a range of pronunciation features with mixed control. Shows some effective use of features but this is not sustained. Can generally be understood throughout, though mispronunciation of individual words or sounds reduces clarity at times.
grammar: 56
Produces basic sentence forms with reasonable accuracy. Uses a limited range of more complex structures, but these usually contain errors and may cause some comprehension problems.
vocabulary: 65
Has a wide enough vocabulary to discuss topics at length and make meaning clear in spite of inappropriacies. Generally paraphrases successfully.
coherence: 65
Uses a range of connectives and discourse markers but not always appropriately.
relevance: 78
This is AI based and cannot be relied on for 100% accuracy. The score is the average of all relevance scores from each question.
fluency: 75
Speaks at length without noticeable effort or loss of coherence. May demonstrate hesitation in speech due to inability to come up with appropriate vocabulary or grammar. At times, may demonstrate some repetition and/or self-correction. Uses a range of connectives and discourse markers with some flexibility.
Fluency
Pahusayin ang iyong kakayahang magsalita nang tuloy-tuloy nang walang mahahabang paghinto o pag-aalinlangan.
Task Achievement — IELTS Speaking 3
Practice a clear speaking structure, controlled fillers, and full answers for the interview tasks.
Mga ulat ng iskor ayon sa pamantayan
Pronunciation 6.5/9
• shows some effective use of features but this is not sustained
• can generally be understood throughout, though mispronunciation of individual words or sounds reduces
clarity at times
| Score | General Report |
|---|---|
| 9 | • uses a full range of pronunciation features with precision and subtlety • sustains flexible use of features throughout • is effortless to understand |
| 8 | • uses a wide range of pronunciation features • sustains flexible use of features, with only occasional lapses • is easy to understand throughout; L1 accent has minimal effect on intelligibility |
| 7 | • shows all the positive features of Band 6 and some, but not all, of the positive features of Band 8 |
| 6 | • uses a range of pronunciation features with mixed control • shows some effective use of features but this is not sustained • can generally be understood throughout, though mispronunciation of individual words or sounds reduces clarity at times |
| 5 | • shows all the positive features of Band 4 and some, but not all, of the positive features of Band 6 |
| 4 | • uses a limited range of pronunciation features • attempts to control features but lapses are frequent • mispronunciations are frequent and cause some difficulty for the listener |
| 3 | • shows some of the features of Band 2 and some, but not all, of the positive features of Band 4 |
| 2 | • Speech is often unintelligble |
| 1 | • no communication possible • no rateable language |
| 0 | • does not attend |
Fluency and Coherence 6.5/9
• uses a range of connectives and discourse markers but not
always appropriately
| Score | General Report |
|---|---|
| 9 | • speaks fluently with only rare repetition or self-correction; • any hesitation is content-related rather than to find words or grammar • speaks coherently with fully appropriate cohesive features • develops topics fully and appropriately |
| 8 | • speaks fluently with only occasional repetition or selfcorrection; hesitation is usually content-related and only rarely to search for language • develops topics coherently and appropriately |
| 7 | • speaks at length without noticeable effort or loss of coherence • may demonstrate language-related hesitation at times, or some repetition and/or self-correction • uses a range of connectives and discourse markers with some flexibility |
| 6 | • is willing to speak at length, though may lose coherence at times due to occasional repetition, self-correction or hesitation • uses a range of connectives and discourse markers but not always appropriately |
| 5 | • usually maintains flow of speech but uses repetition, self • correction and/or slow speech to keep going • may over-use certain connectives and discourse markers • produces simple speech fluently, but more complex communication causes fluency problems |
| 4 | • cannot respond without noticeable pauses and may speak slowly, with frequent repetition and self-correction • links basic sentences but with repetitious use of simple connectives and some breakdowns in coherence |
| 3 | • speaks with long pauses • has limited ability to link simple sentences • gives only simple responses and is frequently unable to convey basic message |
| 2 | • pauses lengthily before most words • little communication possible |
| 1 | • no communication possible • no rateable language |
| 0 | • does not attend |
Grammatical Range and Accuracy 5/9
• uses a limited range of more complex structures, but these usually contain errors and may cause some comprehension
problems
| Score | General Report |
|---|---|
| 9 | • uses a full range of structures naturally and appropriately • produces consistently accurate structures apart from ‘slips’ characteristic of native speaker speech |
| 8 | • uses a wide range of structures flexibly • produces a majority of error-free sentences with only very occasional inappropriacies or basic/non-systematic errors |
| 7 | • uses a range of complex structures with some flexibility • frequently produces error-free sentences, though some grammatical mistakes persist |
| 6 | • uses a mix of simple and complex structures, but with limited flexibility • may make frequent mistakes with complex structures though these rarely cause comprehension problems |
| 5 | • produces basic sentence forms with reasonable accuracy • uses a limited range of more complex structures, but these usually contain errors and may cause some comprehension problems |
| 4 | • produces basic sentence forms and some correct simple sentences but subordinate structures are rare • errors are frequent and may lead to misunderstanding |
| 3 | • attempts basic sentence forms but with limited success, or relies on apparently memorised utterances • makes numerous errors except in memorised expressions |
| 2 | • cannot produce basic sentence forms |
| 1 | • no communication possible • no rateable language |
| 0 | • does not attend |
Lexical Resource (Vocabulary) 6/9
• generally paraphrases successfully
| Score | General Report |
|---|---|
| 9 | • uses vocabulary with full flexibility and precision in all topics • uses idiomatic language naturally and accurately |
| 8 | • uses a wide vocabulary resource readily and flexibly to convey precise meaning • uses less common and idiomatic vocabulary skilfully, with occasional inaccuracies • uses paraphrase effectively as required |
| 7 | • uses vocabulary resource flexibly to discuss a variety of topics • uses some less common and idiomatic vocabulary and shows some awareness of style and collocation, with some inappropriate choices • uses paraphrase effectively |
| 6 | • has a wide enough vocabulary to discuss topics at length and make meaning clear in spite of inappropriacies • generally paraphrases successfully |
| 5 | • manages to talk about familiar and unfamiliar topics but uses vocabulary with limited flexibility • attempts to use paraphrase but with mixed success |
| 4 | • is able to talk about familiar topics but can only convey basic meaning on unfamiliar topics and makes frequent errors in word choice • rarely attempts paraphrase |
| 3 | • uses simple vocabulary to convey personal information • has insufficient vocabulary for less familiar topics |
| 2 | • only produces isolated words or memorised utterances |
| 1 | • no communication possible • no rateable language |
| 0 | • does not attend |
Gumawa ng account para humiling ng review.
Mga keyword sa practice
Mga kaugnay na salita
Walang vocabulary na naka-link sa practice
speaking LessonsCompleted: 0 / 65
IELTS Speaking Part 3: Response Templates
Part 3 lasts 4–5 minutes. The examiner asks deeper, more abstract questions connected to the Part 2 topic. Answers should be 4–6 sentences — longer and more analytical than Part 1.
Use a four-step skeleton: Opinion → Reason → Example → Extension / Conclusion.
The four-step template
| Step | What to do |
| 1. Opinion | State your view clearly in the first sentence. The examiner should know your position immediately. |
| 2. Reason | Explain why you hold that view. One or two sentences is enough. |
| 3. Example | Support your reason with a specific example — personal experience, something from the news, or a general observation. |
| 4. Extension | Add nuance: acknowledge the other side, predict a future trend, or restate your main point in a broader way. |
This structure is sometimes called OREO (Opinion – Reason – Example – Opinion restated) or PEEL (Point – Explain – Example – Link). The labels differ; the logic is the same.
Template: Opinion questions
Example question: “Do you think technology has made people less creative?”
Opinion: “I [think / don’t think] that [restate the claim in your own words].”
Reason: “The main reason is [why]. [One sentence of explanation].”
Example: “For instance, [concrete example from your experience or general knowledge].”
Extension: “That said, [acknowledge the other side or add a broader insight]. Overall, I believe [restate opinion].”
Example response:
[Opinion] I don’t think technology has made people less creative — if anything, it has opened up new ways to create. [Reason] Tools like video-editing software, music apps, and digital drawing tablets have lowered the barrier to entry. People who could never afford a recording studio or art supplies can now produce professional-level work from their phones. [Example] For instance, some of the most popular musicians today started by uploading bedroom recordings to the internet, which simply was not possible twenty years ago. [Extension] Of course, social media can encourage copying trends rather than original thinking, so there is a valid concern. But on balance, I believe technology has expanded creative opportunity far more than it has limited it.
Template: Comparison questions
Example question: “What are the differences between the way young people and older people use technology?”
Main difference: “I think the biggest difference is [key contrast].”
Side A: “Young people tend to [behaviour], mainly because [reason].”
Side B: “Older people, on the other hand, [contrasting behaviour]. This is often because [reason].”
Extension: “Having said that, [nuance — exception, trend, or broader comment].”
Example response:
[Main difference] I think the biggest difference is how instinctively each group uses technology. [Side A] Young people have grown up with smartphones, so they tend to use technology for almost everything — socialising, studying, shopping, entertainment. It feels like a natural extension of daily life. [Side B] Older people, on the other hand, often see technology as a tool for specific tasks, like video-calling family or reading the news. They might not explore new apps as freely because they did not grow up with that habit. [Extension] That said, the gap is closing. Many older adults picked up digital skills during the pandemic and are now quite comfortable with video calls and online shopping.
Template: Change and prediction questions
Example question: “How do you think education will change in the future?”
Prediction: “I think [topic] will [change / become / shift toward] [prediction] in the coming years.”
Reason: “One of the main drivers is [trend or cause].”
Example: “We can already see this happening — for instance, [current evidence or trend].”
Extension: “Of course, [limitation or counter-trend], but overall I expect [summary of prediction].”
Example response:
[Prediction] I think education will become much more personalised in the future, with technology adapting to each student’s pace and style. [Reason] Artificial intelligence is already being used to identify where students struggle and to recommend targeted practice, so the trend is clearly moving in that direction. [Example] We can already see this happening with language-learning apps that adjust their difficulty based on your performance, which is something a traditional classroom cannot easily do for thirty students at once. [Extension] Of course, technology cannot replace the social and emotional aspects of learning from a real teacher, so I think the future will be a blend — AI handling the repetitive practice while teachers focus on discussion, creativity, and mentoring.
Template: Advantage / disadvantage questions
Example question: “What are the benefits and drawbacks of working from home?”
Overview: “I think there are clear [benefits / drawbacks] on both sides.”
Advantage(s): “On the positive side, [benefit]. [Short explanation or example].”
Disadvantage(s): “On the other hand, [drawback]. [Short explanation or example].”
Extension: “So I think whether it is a good or bad thing depends on [condition]. Overall, [your balanced opinion].”
Quick phrase bank for Part 3
| Stating opinion | “I think that…,” “In my view…,” “I would argue that…,” “From my perspective…” |
| Giving reasons | “The main reason is…,” “This is largely because…,” “One important factor is…” |
| Examples | “For instance…,” “A good example of this is…,” “We can see this in…” |
| Contrast | “On the other hand…,” “Having said that…,” “That said…,” “While it is true that…” |
| Generalising | “In general…,” “On the whole…,” “For the most part…,” “Broadly speaking…” |
| Predictions | “I think in the future…,” “It’s likely that…,” “I would expect…,” “The trend suggests that…” |
| Concluding | “So overall…,” “In conclusion…,” “All things considered…,” “On balance…” |
IELTS Speaking Part 3: Tips
Part 3 tests your ability to discuss abstract ideas in depth. The examiner will push you to explain, justify, and consider different perspectives. This is where you can show off your analytical thinking and advanced vocabulary.
Tip 1: Give developed answers, not one-liners
Part 3 questions deserve 4–6 sentences. A single sentence followed by silence will prompt the examiner to ask more follow-ups, which means you are missing opportunities to demonstrate range.
Follow the template: state your opinion, explain why, give an example, then extend. If you do this naturally, each answer will be the right length without counting sentences.
Tip 2: Consider both sides before committing
Many Part 3 questions have two sides. Acknowledging the counter-argument before stating your position shows maturity and pushes you toward Band 7+ language:
“Some people might argue that…, but I think…” / “While there are benefits to…, on the whole I believe…”
You do not need to sit on the fence. Pick a side — just show that you considered the alternative.
Tip 3: Move from personal to general
Part 1 asks about you; Part 3 asks about people, society, or trends. If the examiner asks “Why do people travel more now?”, do not answer only about yourself.
| Too personal | “I travel more because I have more money.” |
| General + personal support | “I think people travel more because budget airlines and online booking have made it much cheaper. In my own experience, I can find flights for a fraction of what they cost ten years ago.” |
A personal example is fine as evidence, but frame your answer about society first.
Tip 4: Use higher-level vocabulary and grammar
Part 3 is your best chance to show academic-style language. This does not mean using obscure words — it means using precise vocabulary and complex sentence structures:
| Simple | More developed |
| “Technology is changing things.” | “Technology is transforming the way people access information.” |
| “Old people don’t like change.” | “Older generations tend to be more resistant to rapid change, partly because…” |
| “It’s good and bad.” | “It’s a double-edged sword” / “There are both advantages and drawbacks.” |
Mix conditionals (“If governments invested more in…”), passive voice (“Education could be made more accessible…”), and relative clauses (“Students who grow up in rural areas…”) to show grammatical range.
Tip 5: It is OK to ask for clarification
If you do not understand a question, it is perfectly acceptable to ask the examiner to repeat or rephrase it:
“Sorry, could you rephrase that?” / “Do you mean [your interpretation]?” / “Could you say that again, please?”
This is not penalised. Answering a question you misunderstood is penalised, because your response will be off-topic.
Tip 6: Use hedging language for uncertain topics
Part 3 often asks about trends or predictions where certainty is impossible. Hedging shows sophistication:
“I would imagine that…” / “It seems to me that…” / “I’m not entirely sure, but I think…” / “There’s a possibility that…”
This is better than making absolute claims (“Everyone thinks…”) that sound overconfident and lack nuance.
Tip 7: Link back to Part 2 when it helps
Since Part 3 is related to the Part 2 topic, you can refer back to your long turn to support a point:
“As I mentioned when I was talking about [Part 2 topic], [connection to Part 3 answer]…”
This shows coherence across the test and gives you ready-made content. Do not overdo it — one reference per answer is enough.
Useful vocabulary for Part 1 questions about travel
Have you gone on vacation recently?
Yes! Last month, my family and I went on a vacation to Paris. We took a sightseeing tour of the entire Paris.
Yes! My family and I went to Japan last month. Because we were afraid that there were going to be some language barrier problems, we decided to sign up for a guided tour. It was a good decision, as the entire trip was very smooth.
Where will you go on vacation next?
Not sure. I don’t have a plan at this moment, but my friend has told me many times that he wants to go on a cruise with me sometime.
Where do you usually travel?
I usually try to avoid tourist traps and prefer going somewhere off the beaten track or heading for somewhere with a pristine/unspoilt landscape. For example, I went on safari in Africa a few years ago. It was the holiday of a lifetime.
I like to take it easy when I go on holiday, and I’m really not interested in seeing all the tourist attractions. I always try to get away and go somewhere with the family once a year, as the children really look forward to a holiday.
I am different from other people. I like to go to places that are not for the fainthearted, like somewhere where there used to be people dying and other morbid things.
What do you like to do when you’re on holiday?
Well, when I am on holiday, I definitely go sightseeing to check out all kinds of iconic landmarks. I might visit a few local places of interest if I have time. I am also a history buff, so if there are any historical and heritage sites, I would not miss them.
I have quite a sense of adventure and like to spend my holidays in remote locations interacting with local people. Just last month, my friends and I went to a famous backpacking destination. We rented a cabin in the mountains, and on the third day of the trip, we found a place that had a pristine landscape. It was really beautiful. I don’t think many people know about this place.
What kind of accommodation do you like to stay in on holiday?
I prefer bed-and-breakfasts and youth hotels, as they are more affordable, compared with hotels and holiday resorts.
I like both bed-and-breakfasts and self-catering apartments, but my favorite type of accommodation is self-catering apartments, as I like to cook.
Are there many tourists visiting your country?
Yes, we have a lot of holiday resorts in the mountains. Many tourists go there to enjoy their holidays. I think many of them come on package holidays.
When do you prefer to take your holidays?
I would have to say I prefer to take my vacation in summer because I prefer to travel light. I take as few clothes as possible so I haven’t got lots of heavy suitcases to carry.
I would prefer to travel during the off-season just so I could save money and avoid crowds. If I can get a cheap last-minute deal somewhere, I might take the opportunity to have a holiday.
Phrases about travelling to somewhere:
- Take a vacation to somewhere
- Go on a vacation to somewhere
- Take a sightseeing tour of somewhere
- Go sightseeing
- Go on a cruise
- Go on safari: safari is an expedition to observe animals in their natural habitats.
- Sign up for a guided tour: a guided tour is a tour of a historic site or place of interest conducted by a guide.
- Come on package holidays: package holiday is a holiday organized by a travel agent, with arrangements for transport, accommodation, etc., made at an inclusive price.
- Travel during the off-season
- The holiday of a lifetime
Vocabulary for describing the places you want to visit:
- Somewhere off the beaten track/somewhere unspoilt: A place that is off the beaten track is in an area where few people live or go.
- Pristine landscape: an unspoilt landscape.
- Tourist traps: places that attract many tourists and where goods and services are more expensive than normal.
- Tourist attractions: A tourist attraction is a place that tourists like to visit.
- Local places of interest
- Iconic landmarks
- Historic sites
- Heritage sites
- Backpacking destinations
- Holiday destinations
- Not for the fainthearted: unsuitable for people who like only safe and familiar things.
Vocabulary about places to stay in on holiday:
- Holiday resort: a place that is frequented for holidays.
- Self-catering apartments: an accommodation where there are cooking facilities available so that you can cook meals for yourself rather than have them provided for you.
- Bed-and-breakfast: sleeping accommodation for the night and a meal in the morning, provided in guest houses and hotels.
- Youth hotels: a place providing cheap accommodation, aimed mainly at young people on walking or cycling tours.
